[SCM] qgis branch, master, updated. upstream/2.0.1-13436-g7969474

Fri Sep 27 22:02:19 UTC 2013

The following commit has been merged in the master branch:
commit 7bf64c31ab156bb35205ff0db75637557f934ed5
Author: Bas Couwenberg <sebastic at xs4all.nl>
Date:   Fri Sep 27 15:05:59 2013 +0200

    Add patch to fix 'allows to' typo.

diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index 1e0d5b3..5ea3c17 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ qgis (2.0.1-1) UNRELEASED; urgency=low
   * Remove automatically generated files on clean.
   * Add lintian overrides for no-fortify-functions false positive.
   * Add patch to fix 'an other' typo.
+  * Add patch to fix 'allows to' typo.
 
  -- Bas Couwenberg <sebastic at xs4all.nl>  Fri, 27 Sep 2013 02:05:32 +0200
 
diff --git a/debian/patches/allows-to-typo.patch b/debian/patches/allows-to-typo.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f948c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/patches/allows-to-typo.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,3107 @@
+Description: Fix 'allows to' typo, replace with 'allows one to'.
+Author: Bas Couwenberg <sebastic at xs4all.nl>
+Last-Update: 2013-09-27
+--- a/i18n/qgis_bs_BA.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_bs_BA.ts
+@@ -55561,7 +55561,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -56053,7 +56053,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -56138,7 +56138,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -56183,7 +56183,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -56218,7 +56218,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_cs_CZ.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_cs_CZ.ts
+@@ -64068,7 +64068,7 @@ Note: Experimental plugins are generally unsuitable for production use. These pl
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -64560,7 +64560,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -64645,7 +64645,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -64690,7 +64690,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -64725,7 +64725,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_da_DK.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_da_DK.ts
+@@ -57684,7 +57684,7 @@ At definere et brugerdefineret CRS kræver en god forståelse for Proj.4-projekt
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -58790,7 +58790,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -59129,7 +59129,7 @@ Forbindelserne, du definerer, vil blive huske til fremtidig brug og tilgængelig
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -59474,7 +59474,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -59519,7 +59519,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -59554,7 +59554,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_de.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_de.ts
+@@ -50451,7 +50451,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -50514,7 +50514,7 @@ Um den Feldrechner zu öffnen, müssen Sie den Vektorlayer zuvor in den Bearbeit
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -51709,7 +51709,7 @@ Hinweis: Experimentelle Erweiterungen sind grundsätzliche für den Produktivein
+     No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+     python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+     <label>Show editor</label> button 
+-    from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++    from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+     for managing your code (comment and 
+     uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+    </p>
+@@ -52028,7 +52028,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -52073,7 +52073,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -52108,7 +52108,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_el_GR.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_el_GR.ts
+@@ -56813,7 +56813,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -57305,7 +57305,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -57390,7 +57390,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -57435,7 +57435,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -57470,7 +57470,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_en.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_en.ts
+@@ -49739,7 +49739,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -50231,7 +50231,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -50316,7 +50316,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -50361,7 +50361,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -50396,7 +50396,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_es.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_es.ts
+@@ -54630,7 +54630,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -54675,7 +54675,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -54710,7 +54710,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -54865,7 +54865,7 @@ For more complex searches use the <label>Advanced search</label>. Th
+ <a name="Field">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ You have to bring the vector layer in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ 
+@@ -56049,7 +56049,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -57132,7 +57132,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -57177,7 +57177,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -57212,7 +57212,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -57735,7 +57735,7 @@ which are described and illustrated on <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_et_EE.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_et_EE.ts
+@@ -60673,7 +60673,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -61165,7 +61165,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -61250,7 +61250,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -61295,7 +61295,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -61330,7 +61330,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_eu.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_eu.ts
+@@ -52861,7 +52861,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -53411,7 +53411,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -53496,7 +53496,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -53541,7 +53541,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -53576,7 +53576,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_fa.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_fa.ts
+@@ -53493,7 +53493,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -53578,7 +53578,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -53623,7 +53623,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -53658,7 +53658,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -54051,7 +54051,7 @@ which are described and illustrated on <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_fi.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_fi.ts
+@@ -60453,7 +60453,7 @@ This plugin supports basic HTML markup tags for formatting text. For example:
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -61111,7 +61111,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -61156,7 +61156,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -61191,7 +61191,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -61638,7 +61638,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_fr.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_fr.ts
+@@ -64862,7 +64862,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -64907,7 +64907,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -64942,7 +64942,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -65207,7 +65207,7 @@ For more complex searches use the <label>Advanced search</label>. Th
+ <a name="Field">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ You have to bring the vector layer in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ 
+@@ -65657,7 +65657,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -66374,7 +66374,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -66419,7 +66419,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -66454,7 +66454,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -66872,7 +66872,7 @@ La définition de SRC personnalisés dans QGIS requiert une bonne compréhension
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_gl.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_gl.ts
+@@ -60546,7 +60546,7 @@ Nota: Os plugins experimentais xeralmente non son adecuados para o seu uso en pr
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -61103,7 +61103,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -61148,7 +61148,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -61183,7 +61183,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -62209,7 +62209,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -62587,7 +62587,7 @@ Unha descrición detallada de como proceder cos datos vectoriais é relatada no
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_hr_HR.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_hr_HR.ts
+@@ -59847,7 +59847,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -60339,7 +60339,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -60424,7 +60424,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -60469,7 +60469,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -60504,7 +60504,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_hu.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_hu.ts
+@@ -62780,7 +62780,7 @@ Note: Experimental plugins are generally unsuitable for production use. These pl
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -63715,7 +63715,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -64038,7 +64038,7 @@ A beállított kapcsolatokat a QGIS megőrzi és az <label>Adatbázisok&lt
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -64206,7 +64206,7 @@ that will be automatically deleted after running.</li>
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -64383,7 +64383,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -64428,7 +64428,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -64463,7 +64463,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -64522,7 +64522,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -64567,7 +64567,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -64602,7 +64602,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_id.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_id.ts
+@@ -57880,7 +57880,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -58378,7 +58378,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -58507,7 +58507,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -58552,7 +58552,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -58587,7 +58587,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_is.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_is.ts
+@@ -55685,7 +55685,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -56177,7 +56177,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -56262,7 +56262,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -56307,7 +56307,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -56342,7 +56342,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_it.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_it.ts
+@@ -59032,7 +59032,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -59077,7 +59077,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -59112,7 +59112,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -59344,7 +59344,7 @@ For more complex searches use the <label>Advanced search</label>. Th
+ <a name="Field">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ You have to bring the vector layer in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ 
+@@ -59740,7 +59740,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -59994,7 +59994,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -60039,7 +60039,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -60074,7 +60074,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -60188,7 +60188,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -60223,7 +60223,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -62169,7 +62169,7 @@ Pressing the <label>Calculate</label> button will run the shortest p
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_ja.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_ja.ts
+@@ -50692,7 +50692,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -50780,7 +50780,7 @@ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <la
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -52283,7 +52283,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -52328,7 +52328,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -52363,7 +52363,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_km.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_km.ts
+@@ -51790,7 +51790,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -52481,7 +52481,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -52526,7 +52526,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -52561,7 +52561,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -52812,7 +52812,7 @@ which are described and illustrated on <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_ko_KR.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_ko_KR.ts
+@@ -64007,7 +64007,7 @@ QGIS에서 사용자 정의 좌표계를 만들기 위해서는 Proj.4 투영 
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -64545,7 +64545,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -64590,7 +64590,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -64625,7 +64625,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -65640,7 +65640,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -66190,7 +66190,7 @@ Note: Experimental plugins are generally unsuitable for production use. These pl
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_lv.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_lv.ts
+@@ -50726,7 +50726,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -51417,7 +51417,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -51462,7 +51462,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -51497,7 +51497,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -51748,7 +51748,7 @@ which are described and illustrated on <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_mn.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_mn.ts
+@@ -55182,7 +55182,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -55674,7 +55674,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -55759,7 +55759,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -55804,7 +55804,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -55839,7 +55839,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_nb_NO.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_nb_NO.ts
+@@ -50120,7 +50120,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -50612,7 +50612,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -50697,7 +50697,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -50742,7 +50742,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -50777,7 +50777,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_nl.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_nl.ts
+@@ -46782,7 +46782,7 @@ Er was een probleem met uw symbolen database.</translation>
+         <translation>Elementen en Kaarten verplaatsen in de 'Print Composer'</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+-        <source>In the print composer tool bar you can find two buttons for moving elements. The left one (a selection cursor with the hand symbol) selects and moves elements in the layout. After selecting the element with this tool you can also move them around with the arrow keys. For accurate positioning use the <strong>Position and Size</strong> dialogue, which can be found in the tab <strong>Item &rarr; General Options &rarr; Position and Size</strong>. For easier positioning you can also set specific anchor points of the element within this dialogue. The other move tool (the globe icon combined with the hand icon) allows to move the map content within a map frame.</source>
++        <source>In the print composer tool bar you can find two buttons for moving elements. The left one (a selection cursor with the hand symbol) selects and moves elements in the layout. After selecting the element with this tool you can also move them around with the arrow keys. For accurate positioning use the <strong>Position and Size</strong> dialogue, which can be found in the tab <strong>Item &rarr; General Options &rarr; Position and Size</strong>. For easier positioning you can also set specific anchor points of the element within this dialogue. The other move tool (the globe icon combined with the hand icon) allows one to move the map content within a map frame.</source>
+         <translation type="obsolete">In de Layouter-knoppenbalk vind je twee knoppen voor het verplaatsen van elementen. De linker (een selectie-pijl met een handje) selecteert en verschuift elementen in de layout. Na het selecteren van een element met deze tool kun je het ook verschuiven met de pijltjes-toetsen. Voor het nauwkeurig plaatsen gebruik je het <strong>Positie en Grootte...</strong>-dialoogvenster, dat te vinden is in tabblad <strong>Onderdeel &rarr; Item-opties &rarr; Positie en Grootte...</strong>. Voor handiger plaatsen kun je ook het verankeringspunt opgeven in dit dialoogvenster. Met de andere verplaatsknop (een wereldbol met handje) kan de kaart binnen een kaart-element worden verschoven.</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+@@ -48833,7 +48833,7 @@ Moeten de bestaande klassen worden verwijderd voor de nieuwe klassificatie?</tra
+         <translation>Laag</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+-        <source>This allows to surpress attribute creation as some OGR drivers (eg. DGN, DXF) don't support it.</source>
++        <source>This allows one to surpress attribute creation as some OGR drivers (eg. DGN, DXF) don't support it.</source>
+         <translation type="obsolete">Dit maakt het mogelijk om de aanmaak van bepaalde attributen te voorkomen, met bepaald OGR drivers (bv DGN, DXF) die dit niet ondersteunen.</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+@@ -53687,7 +53687,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -54510,7 +54510,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -54555,7 +54555,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -54590,7 +54590,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -54847,7 +54847,7 @@ which are described and illustrated on <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_pl_PL.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_pl_PL.ts
+@@ -62481,7 +62481,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -62526,7 +62526,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -62561,7 +62561,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -62900,7 +62900,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -62945,7 +62945,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -62980,7 +62980,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -63040,7 +63040,7 @@ QGIS obsługuje wiele sposobów wizualizacji danych. Obecnie dostępne są nast
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -63085,7 +63085,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen ’unique value’ as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If editable is activated, a line edit is shown with autocompletion support, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -63223,7 +63223,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -64456,7 +64456,7 @@ Pressing the <label>Calculate</label> button will run the shortest p
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_pt_BR.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_pt_BR.ts
+@@ -56192,7 +56192,7 @@ NANNI AS, DESCOVI FILHO L, VIRTUOSO MA, MONTENEGRO D, WILLRICH G, MACHADO PH, SP
+         <translation>Movendo elementos e mapas no Compositor de Impressão</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+-        <source>In the print composer tool bar you can find two buttons for moving elements. The left one (a selection cursor with the hand symbol) selects and moves elements in the layout. After selecting the element with this tool you can also move them around with the arrow keys. For accurate positioning use the <strong>Position and Size</strong> dialogue, which can be found in the tab <strong>Item &rarr; General Options &rarr; Position and Size</strong>. For easier positioning you can also set specific anchor points of the element within this dialogue. The other move tool (the globe icon combined with the hand icon) allows to move the map content within a map frame.</source>
++        <source>In the print composer tool bar you can find two buttons for moving elements. The left one (a selection cursor with the hand symbol) selects and moves elements in the layout. After selecting the element with this tool you can also move them around with the arrow keys. For accurate positioning use the <strong>Position and Size</strong> dialogue, which can be found in the tab <strong>Item &rarr; General Options &rarr; Position and Size</strong>. For easier positioning you can also set specific anchor points of the element within this dialogue. The other move tool (the globe icon combined with the hand icon) allows one to move the map content within a map frame.</source>
+         <translation type="obsolete">Na barra de ferramentas do compositor de impressão você encontra 2 botões para mover elementos. Apenas um (um cursor de seleção que tem uma mão como símbolo) seleciona e move elementos no leiaute. Depois de selecionar o elemento com esta ferramenta vocẽ poderá movê-lo com cursor do teclado. Para um posicionamento preciso use o diálogo </strong>Posição e Tamanho</strong> que pode ser encontrado na aba <strong>Item &rarr; Opções Gerais &rarr; Posição e Tamanho</strong>. Para posicionar facilmente você pode especificar pontos de âncora com este diálogo. A outra ferramenta para mover (o ícone globo combinado com o ícone da mão) permite mover o conteúdo do mapa dentro da moldura do mapa.</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+@@ -58533,7 +58533,7 @@ Erros no provedor:</translation>
+         <translation>Escala</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+-        <source>This allows to surpress attribute creation as some OGR drivers (eg. DGN, DXF) don't support it.</source>
++        <source>This allows one to surpress attribute creation as some OGR drivers (eg. DGN, DXF) don't support it.</source>
+         <translation type="obsolete">Isto permite suprimir a criação de atributos como alguns drivers OGR (eg. DGN, DXF) não suportados.</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+@@ -63961,7 +63961,7 @@ Este diálogo permite você definir as configurações para a conexão para base
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -64339,7 +64339,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -64384,7 +64384,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -64419,7 +64419,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -64647,7 +64647,7 @@ For more complex searches use the <label>Advanced search</label>. Th
+ <a name="Field">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ You have to bring the vector layer in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ 
+@@ -65042,7 +65042,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -65095,7 +65095,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </translation>
+@@ -65298,7 +65298,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -65343,7 +65343,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -65378,7 +65378,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -65438,7 +65438,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -65483,7 +65483,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -65518,7 +65518,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_pt_PT.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_pt_PT.ts
+@@ -63977,7 +63977,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -64022,7 +64022,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -64057,7 +64057,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -64226,7 +64226,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -64552,7 +64552,7 @@ The field calculator allows you to update fields with expressions.
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_ro.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_ro.ts
+@@ -55726,7 +55726,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -56218,7 +56218,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -56303,7 +56303,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -56348,7 +56348,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -56383,7 +56383,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_ru.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_ru.ts
+@@ -57898,7 +57898,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -57943,7 +57943,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -57978,7 +57978,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -58094,7 +58094,7 @@ For more complex searches use the <label>Advanced search</label>. Th
+ <a name="Field">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ You have to bring the vector layer in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ 
+@@ -58489,7 +58489,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -58620,7 +58620,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -58665,7 +58665,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -58700,7 +58700,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -59681,7 +59681,7 @@ Click on one of the icons along the top of the composer window to select what ty
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_sk.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_sk.ts
+@@ -55426,7 +55426,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -55471,7 +55471,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -55506,7 +55506,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -56007,7 +56007,7 @@ Note: Experimental plugins are generally unsuitable for production use. These pl
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -56741,7 +56741,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -56786,7 +56786,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -56821,7 +56821,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -56910,7 +56910,7 @@ For more complex searches use the <label>Advanced search</label>. Th
+ <a name="Field">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ You have to bring the vector layer in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ 
+@@ -57304,7 +57304,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_sl_SI.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_sl_SI.ts
+@@ -64268,7 +64268,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -64313,7 +64313,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -64348,7 +64348,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+@@ -64620,7 +64620,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -64880,7 +64880,7 @@ which are described and illustrated on <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/i18n/qgis_sr_Cyrl.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_sr_Cyrl.ts
+@@ -58431,7 +58431,7 @@ Should the existing classes be deleted before classification?</source>
+         <translation type="unfinished">Размера</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+-        <source>This allows to surpress attribute creation as some OGR drivers (eg. DGN, DXF) don't support it.</source>
++        <source>This allows one to surpress attribute creation as some OGR drivers (eg. DGN, DXF) don't support it.</source>
+         <translation type="obsolete">Потврђивањем ове опције атрибути се не креирају.</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+@@ -63227,7 +63227,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -63719,7 +63719,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -63804,7 +63804,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -63849,7 +63849,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -63884,7 +63884,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_sr_Latn.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_sr_Latn.ts
+@@ -58397,7 +58397,7 @@ Trebaju li postojeće klase biti izbrisane pre klasifikacije?</translation>
+         <translation type="unfinished">Razmera</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+-        <source>This allows to surpress attribute creation as some OGR drivers (eg. DGN, DXF) don't support it.</source>
++        <source>This allows one to surpress attribute creation as some OGR drivers (eg. DGN, DXF) don't support it.</source>
+         <translation type="obsolete">Potvrđivanjem ove opcije atributi se ne kreiraju.</translation>
+     </message>
+     <message>
+@@ -63197,7 +63197,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -63689,7 +63689,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -63774,7 +63774,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -63819,7 +63819,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -63854,7 +63854,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_sv.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_sv.ts
+@@ -59599,7 +59599,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -59631,7 +59631,7 @@ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <la
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -59899,7 +59899,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -59944,7 +59944,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -59979,7 +59979,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_th.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_th.ts
+@@ -59743,7 +59743,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -60235,7 +60235,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -60320,7 +60320,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -60365,7 +60365,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -60400,7 +60400,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_tr.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_tr.ts
+@@ -57778,7 +57778,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -58270,7 +58270,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -58355,7 +58355,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -58400,7 +58400,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -58435,7 +58435,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_uk.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_uk.ts
+@@ -59432,7 +59432,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -59924,7 +59924,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -60009,7 +60009,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -60054,7 +60054,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -60089,7 +60089,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_vi.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_vi.ts
+@@ -57630,7 +57630,7 @@ Note: Experimental plugins are generally unsuitable for production use. These pl
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -58122,7 +58122,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -58207,7 +58207,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -58252,7 +58252,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -58287,7 +58287,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_zh_CN.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_zh_CN.ts
+@@ -59118,7 +59118,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -59612,7 +59612,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -59697,7 +59697,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -59742,7 +59742,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -59777,7 +59777,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/i18n/qgis_zh_TW.ts
++++ b/i18n/qgis_zh_TW.ts
+@@ -58661,7 +58661,7 @@ Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projec
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+@@ -59153,7 +59153,7 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+ </source>
+@@ -59238,7 +59238,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -59283,7 +59283,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selec
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -59318,7 +59318,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/python/plugins/GdalTools/tools/GdalTools_utils.py
++++ b/python/plugins/GdalTools/tools/GdalTools_utils.py
+@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ class GdalConfig:
+ 
+       return shortName
+ 
+-# class which allows to create version objects and compare them
++# class which allows one to create version objects and compare them
+ class Version:
+   def __init__(self, ver):
+       self.vers = ('0', '0', '0')
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/BlockMatching.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/BlockMatching.html
+@@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ href="CookBookse17.html#CookBooksu72.html" >up</a>] </p></div>
+ <!--l. 3334--><p class="noindent" >Performs block-matching to estimate pixel-wise disparities between two images
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+  id="x98-4770004.7.1"></a>Detailed description</h5>
+-<!--l. 3336--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to performs block-matching to estimate pixel-wise disparities between two images.
+-The application allows to choose the block-matching method to use. It also allows to input masks (related to
++<!--l. 3336--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to performs block-matching to estimate pixel-wise disparities between two images.
++The application allows one to choose the block-matching method to use. It also allows one to input masks (related to
+ the left and right input image) of pixels for which the disparity should be investigated. Additionally,
+ two criteria can be optionally used to disable disparity investigation for some pixel: a no-data
+                                                                             
+                                                                             
+-value, and a threshold on the local variance. This allows to speed-up computation by avoiding to
++value, and a threshold on the local variance. This allows one to speed-up computation by avoiding to
+ investigate disparities that will not be reliable anyway. For efficiency reasons, if the optimal metric
+ values image is desired, it will be concatenated to the output image (which will then have three
+ bands : horizontal disparity, vertical disparity and metric value). One can split these images
+@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ class="content">Parameters table for Pixel-wise Block-Matching.</span></div><!--
+ <!--l. 3394--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a 
+  id="x98-4790004.7.1"></a><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Input and output data</span></span>
+-This group of parameters allows to set the input and output images.
++This group of parameters allows one to set the input and output images.
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Left input image:  </span>The left input image (reference)
+@@ -457,25 +457,25 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Output  optimal  metric  values  as  well:    </span>If  used,
+ <!--l. 3408--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a 
+  id="x98-4800004.7.1"></a><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Image masking parameters</span></span>
+-This group of parameters allows to determine the masking parameters to prevent disparities estimation for
++This group of parameters allows one to determine the masking parameters to prevent disparities estimation for
+ some pixels of the left image
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Discard left pixels from mask image:  </span>This parameter allows to provide a custom mask for
++class="ptmb7t-">Discard left pixels from mask image:  </span>This parameter allows one to provide a custom mask for
+      the left image.Block matching will be only perform on pixels inside the mask.
+      </li>
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Discard right pixels from mask image:   </span>This parameter allows to provide a custom mask
++class="ptmb7t-">Discard right pixels from mask image:   </span>This parameter allows one to provide a custom mask
+      for the right image.Block matching will be perform only on pixels inside the mask.
+      </li>
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Discard pixels with no-data value:  </span>This parameter allows to discard pixels whose value is
++class="ptmb7t-">Discard pixels with no-data value:  </span>This parameter allows one to discard pixels whose value is
+      equal to the user-defined no-data value.
+                                                                             
+                                                                             
+      </li>
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Discard pixels with low local variance:  </span>This parameter allows to discard pixels whose local
++class="ptmb7t-">Discard pixels with low local variance:  </span>This parameter allows one to discard pixels whose local
+      variance is too small (the size of the neighborhood is given by the radius parameter)
+      </li></ul>
+ <!--l. 3420--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a 
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/ColorMapping.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/ColorMapping.html
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Color Mapping</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Maps an input grayscale image into 8-bits RGB using look-up tables.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Learning</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application allows to map an input grayscale into a 8-bits RGB image using three different methods.
+--The custom method allows to apply a custom look-up table to a labeled image. The look-up table is loaded from a text file where each line describes an entry. The typical use of this method is to colorise a classification map.
+--The continuous method allows to map a range of values in a scalar input image into a colored image using continuous look-up table, in order to enhance image interpretation. Several look-up tables can ben chosen with different color ranges.
++<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Color Mapping</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Maps an input grayscale image into 8-bits RGB using look-up tables.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Learning</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application allows one to map an input grayscale into a 8-bits RGB image using three different methods.
++-The custom method allows one to apply a custom look-up table to a labeled image. The look-up table is loaded from a text file where each line describes an entry. The typical use of this method is to colorise a classification map.
++-The continuous method allows one to map a range of values in a scalar input image into a colored image using continuous look-up table, in order to enhance image interpretation. Several look-up tables can ben chosen with different color ranges.
+ -The segmentation method is dedicated to segmentation labeled outputs where each segment correspond to a unique labeled. It computes an optimal look-up table such that color difference between adjacent segmented regions is maximised.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image (-in): </span>Input image filename</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Image (-out): </span>Output image filename</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Available RAM (-ram): </span>Available RAM</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Color mapping method (-method): </span>Selection of color mapping methods and their parameters.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Color mapping with custom labeled look-up table: </span>Apply a user-defined look-up table to a labeled image. Look-up table is loaded from a text file.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Look-up table file (-lut): </span>An ASCII file containing the look-up table
+ with one color per line
+ (for instance the line '1 255 0 0' means that all pixels with label 1 will be replaced by RGB color 255 0 0)
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/DisparityMapToElevationMap.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/DisparityMapToElevationMap.html
+@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ class="content">Parameters table for Disparity map to elevation map.</span></div
+ <!--l. 3561--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a 
+  id="x99-4900004.7.2"></a><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Input and output data</span></span>
+-This group of parameters allows to set the input and output images and grids.
++This group of parameters allows one to set the input and output images and grids.
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Input disparity map:  </span>The input disparity map (horizontal disparity in first band, vertical in
+@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Maximum elevation expected (in meters)
+ <!--l. 3585--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a 
+  id="x99-4940004.7.2"></a><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Elevation management</span></span>
+-This group of parameters allows to manage elevation values. Supported formats are SRTM, DTED or any
++This group of parameters allows one to manage elevation values. Supported formats are SRTM, DTED or any
+ geotiff processed by the DEM import application Available choices are:
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Geoid File:  </span>Use a geoid grid to get the height above the
+ class="ptmb7t-">Average Elevation</span>
+          <ul class="itemize2">
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Average Elevation:  </span>This parameter allows to pick up an average elevation for all the
++class="ptmb7t-">Average Elevation:  </span>This parameter allows one to pick up an average elevation for all the
+          points of the image.</li></ul>
+      </li></ul>
+ <!--l. 3597--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a 
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/EdisonMeanShiftSegmentation.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/EdisonMeanShiftSegmentation.html
+@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
+ datasets are supported.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+  id="x112-6000004.9.3"></a>Detailed description</h5>
+-<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
++<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
+ segmentation algorithms are two different versions of Mean-Shift segmentation algorithm (one being
+ multi-threaded), simple pixel based connected components according to a user-defined criterion, and
+ watershed from the gradient of the intensity (norm of spectral bands vector). The application has two
+@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ vector file or database. The input image is split into tiles (whose size can be
+ parameter), and each tile is loaded, segmented with the chosen algorithm, vectorized, and written
+ into the output file or database. This piece-wise behavior ensure that memory will never get
+ overloaded, and that images of any size can be processed. There are few more options in the vector
+-mode. The simplify option allows to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
+-according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows to application to try to stitch
++mode. The simplify option allows one to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
++according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows one to application to try to stitch
+ together polygons corresponding to segmented region that may have been split by the tiling
+ scheme.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Choice of processing mode, either raster or large-scale. Available choices are:
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Tile-based large-scale segmentation with vector output</span>: In this mode, the application will output a
+-     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows to perform segmentation
++     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows one to perform segmentation
+      of very large images.
+          <ul class="itemize2">
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Output vector file:  </span>The output vector file or database (
+          by OGR)
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows to set the writing behaviour for
++class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows one to set the writing behaviour for
+          the output vector file. Please note that the actual behaviour depends on the file format.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Minimum object size:  </span>Objects whose size is below the min
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Simplify polygons:  </span>Simplify polygons according to a given tolerance (in pixel). This
+-         option allows to reduce the size of the output file or database.
++         option allows one to reduce the size of the output file or database.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Layer name:  </span>Name of the layer in the vector file or database (default is Layer).
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/EdisonMeanShiftSegmentationVector.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/EdisonMeanShiftSegmentationVector.html
+@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
+ datasets are supported.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+  id="x112-6000004.9.3"></a>Detailed description</h5>
+-<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
++<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
+ segmentation algorithms are two different versions of Mean-Shift segmentation algorithm (one being
+ multi-threaded), simple pixel based connected components according to a user-defined criterion, and
+ watershed from the gradient of the intensity (norm of spectral bands vector). The application has two
+@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ vector file or database. The input image is split into tiles (whose size can be
+ parameter), and each tile is loaded, segmented with the chosen algorithm, vectorized, and written
+ into the output file or database. This piece-wise behavior ensure that memory will never get
+ overloaded, and that images of any size can be processed. There are few more options in the vector
+-mode. The simplify option allows to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
+-according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows to application to try to stitch
++mode. The simplify option allows one to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
++according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows one to application to try to stitch
+ together polygons corresponding to segmented region that may have been split by the tiling
+ scheme.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Choice of processing mode, either raster or large-scale. Available choices are:
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Tile-based large-scale segmentation with vector output</span>: In this mode, the application will output a
+-     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows to perform segmentation
++     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows one to perform segmentation
+      of very large images.
+          <ul class="itemize2">
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Output vector file:  </span>The output vector file or database (
+          by OGR)
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows to set the writing behaviour for
++class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows one to set the writing behaviour for
+          the output vector file. Please note that the actual behaviour depends on the file format.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Minimum object size:  </span>Objects whose size is below the min
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Simplify polygons:  </span>Simplify polygons according to a given tolerance (in pixel). This
+-         option allows to reduce the size of the output file or database.
++         option allows one to reduce the size of the output file or database.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Layer name:  </span>Name of the layer in the vector file or database (default is Layer).
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/HyperspectralUnmixing.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/HyperspectralUnmixing.html
+@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
+ <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Hyperspectral data unmixing</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Estimate abundance maps from an hyperspectral image and a set of endmembers.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Hyperspectral</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The application applies a linear unmixing algorithm to an hyperspectral data cube. This method supposes that the mixture between materials in the scene is macroscopic and simulate a linear mixing model of spectra.
+ The Linear Mixing Model (LMM) acknowledges that reflectance spectrum associated with each pixel is a linear combination of pure materials in the recovery area, commonly known as endmembers.Endmembers can be estimated using the VertexComponentAnalysis application.
+-The application allows to estimate the abundance maps with several algorithms : Unconstrained Least Square (ucls), Fully Constrained Least Square (fcls),Image Space Reconstruction Algorithm (isra) and Non-negative constrained Least Square (ncls) and Minimum Dispersion Constrained Non Negative Matrix Factorization (MDMDNMF).
++The application allows one to estimate the abundance maps with several algorithms : Unconstrained Least Square (ucls), Fully Constrained Least Square (fcls),Image Space Reconstruction Algorithm (isra) and Non-negative constrained Least Square (ncls) and Minimum Dispersion Constrained Non Negative Matrix Factorization (MDMDNMF).
+ </p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image Filename (-in): </span>The hyperspectral data cube to unmix</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Image (-out): </span>The output abundance map</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input endmembers (-ie): </span>The endmembers (estimated pure pixels) to use for unmixing. Must be stored as a multispectral image, where each pixel is interpreted as an endmember</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Unmixing algorithm (-ua): </span>The algorithm to use for unmixing</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] UCLS: </span>Unconstrained Least Square</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] FCLS: </span>Fully constrained Least Square</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] NCLS: </span>Non-negative constrained Least Square</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] ISRA: </span>Image Space Reconstruction Algorithm</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] MDMDNMF: </span>Minimum Dispersion Constrained Non Negative Matrix Factorization</p><ul></ul></li></ul></li><br /></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">VertexComponentAnalysis</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Image Filename: hsi_cube.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output Image: HyperspectralUnmixing.tif double</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input endmembers: endmembers.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Unmixing algorithm: ucls</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_HyperspectralUnmixing -in hsi_cube.tif -out HyperspectralUnmixing.tif double -ie endmembers.tif -ua ucls</p></ul></body></html>
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/ImageSVMClassifier.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/ImageSVMClassifier.html
+@@ -1 +1 @@
+-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Image SVM Classification</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Performs a SVM classification of the input image according to a SVM model file.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Learning</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application performs a SVM image classification based on a SVM model file (*.svm extension) produced by the TrainSVMImagesClassifier application. Pixels of the output image will contain the class label decided by the SVM classifier. The input pixels can be optionnaly centered and reduced according to the statistics file produced by the ComputeImagesStatistics application. An optional input mask can be provided, in which case only input image pixels whose corresponding mask value is greater than 0 will be classified. The remaining of pixels will be given the label 0 in the output image.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image (-in): </span>The input Image to classify.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Mask (-mask): </span>The mask allows to restrict classification of the input image to the area where mask pixel values are greater than 0.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] SVM Model file (-svm): </span>A SVM model file.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Statistics file (-imstat): </span>A XML file containing mean and standard deviation to center and reduce samples before classification.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Image (-out): </span>Output image labeled with class labels</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Available RAM (-ram): </span>Available RAM</p></li></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The input image must have the same type, order and number of bands than the images used to produce the statistics file and the SVM model file. If a statistics file was used during training by the TrainSVMImagesClassifier, it is mandatory to use the same statistics file for classification. If an input mask is used, its size must match the input image size.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">TrainSVMImagesClassifier, ValidateSVMImagesClassifier, ComputeImagesStatistics</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Image: QB_1_ortho.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">SVM Model file: clsvmModelQB1.svm</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Statistics file: clImageStatisticsQB1.xml</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output Image: otbConcatenateImages.png uchar</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_ImageSVMClassifier -in QB_1_ortho.tif -svm clsvmModelQB1.svm -imstat clImageStatisticsQB1.xml -out otbConcatenateImages.png uchar</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
++<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Image SVM Classification</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Performs a SVM classification of the input image according to a SVM model file.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Learning</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application performs a SVM image classification based on a SVM model file (*.svm extension) produced by the TrainSVMImagesClassifier application. Pixels of the output image will contain the class label decided by the SVM classifier. The input pixels can be optionnaly centered and reduced according to the statistics file produced by the ComputeImagesStatistics application. An optional input mask can be provided, in which case only input image pixels whose corresponding mask value is greater than 0 will be classified. The remaining of pixels will be given the label 0 in the output image.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image (-in): </span>The input Image to classify.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Mask (-mask): </span>The mask allows one to restrict classification of the input image to the area where mask pixel values are greater than 0.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] SVM Model file (-svm): </span>A SVM model file.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Statistics file (-imstat): </span>A XML file containing mean and standard deviation to center and reduce samples before classification.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Image (-out): </span>Output image labeled with class labels</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Available RAM (-ram): </span>Available RAM</p></li></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The input image must have the same type, order and number of bands than the images used to produce the statistics file and the SVM model file. If a statistics file was used during training by the TrainSVMImagesClassifier, it is mandatory to use the same statistics file for classification. If an input mask is used, its size must match the input image size.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">TrainSVMImagesClassifier, ValidateSVMImagesClassifier, ComputeImagesStatistics</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Image: QB_1_ortho.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">SVM Model file: clsvmModelQB1.svm</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Statistics file: clImageStatisticsQB1.xml</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output Image: otbConcatenateImages.png uchar</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_ImageSVMClassifier -in QB_1_ortho.tif -svm clsvmModelQB1.svm -imstat clImageStatisticsQB1.xml -out otbConcatenateImages.png uchar</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/LineSegmentDetection.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/LineSegmentDetection.html
+@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
+ <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Line segment detection application</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Detect line segments in raster</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Feature Extraction</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application detects locally straight contours in a image. It is based on Burns, Hanson, and Riseman method and use an a contrario validation approach (Desolneux, Moisan, and Morel). The algorithm was published by Rafael Gromponevon Gioi, Jérémie Jakubowicz, Jean-Michel Morel and Gregory Randall.
+- The given approach compute gradient and level lines of the image and detects aligned points in line support region. The application allows to export the detected lines in a vector data.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image (-in): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Detected lines (-out): </span> Output detected line segments (vector data).</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Digital Elevation Model directory (-dem): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] No rescaling in [0, 255] (-norescale): </span></p></li></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">On Line demonstration of the LSD algorithm is available here: http://www.ipol.im/pub/algo/gjmr_line_segment_detector/
++ The given approach compute gradient and level lines of the image and detects aligned points in line support region. The application allows one to export the detected lines in a vector data.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image (-in): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Detected lines (-out): </span> Output detected line segments (vector data).</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Digital Elevation Model directory (-dem): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] No rescaling in [0, 255] (-norescale): </span></p></li></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">On Line demonstration of the LSD algorithm is available here: http://www.ipol.im/pub/algo/gjmr_line_segment_detector/
+ </p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Image: QB_Suburb.png</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output Detected lines: LineSegmentDetection.shp</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_LineSegmentDetection -in QB_Suburb.png -out LineSegmentDetection.shp</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/MeanShiftSegmentation.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/MeanShiftSegmentation.html
+@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
+ datasets are supported.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+  id="x112-6000004.9.3"></a>Detailed description</h5>
+-<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
++<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
+ segmentation algorithms are two different versions of Mean-Shift segmentation algorithm (one being
+ multi-threaded), simple pixel based connected components according to a user-defined criterion, and
+ watershed from the gradient of the intensity (norm of spectral bands vector). The application has two
+@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ vector file or database. The input image is split into tiles (whose size can be
+ parameter), and each tile is loaded, segmented with the chosen algorithm, vectorized, and written
+ into the output file or database. This piece-wise behavior ensure that memory will never get
+ overloaded, and that images of any size can be processed. There are few more options in the vector
+-mode. The simplify option allows to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
+-according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows to application to try to stitch
++mode. The simplify option allows one to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
++according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows one to application to try to stitch
+ together polygons corresponding to segmented region that may have been split by the tiling
+ scheme.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Choice of processing mode, either raster or large-scale. Available choices are:
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Tile-based large-scale segmentation with vector output</span>: In this mode, the application will output a
+-     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows to perform segmentation
++     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows one to perform segmentation
+      of very large images.
+          <ul class="itemize2">
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Output vector file:  </span>The output vector file or database (
+          by OGR)
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows to set the writing behaviour for
++class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows one to set the writing behaviour for
+          the output vector file. Please note that the actual behaviour depends on the file format.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Minimum object size:  </span>Objects whose size is below the min
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Simplify polygons:  </span>Simplify polygons according to a given tolerance (in pixel). This
+-         option allows to reduce the size of the output file or database.
++         option allows one to reduce the size of the output file or database.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Layer name:  </span>Name of the layer in the vector file or database (default is Layer).
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/MeanShiftSegmentationVector.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/MeanShiftSegmentationVector.html
+@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
+ datasets are supported.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+  id="x112-6000004.9.3"></a>Detailed description</h5>
+-<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
++<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
+ segmentation algorithms are two different versions of Mean-Shift segmentation algorithm (one being
+ multi-threaded), simple pixel based connected components according to a user-defined criterion, and
+ watershed from the gradient of the intensity (norm of spectral bands vector). The application has two
+@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ vector file or database. The input image is split into tiles (whose size can be
+ parameter), and each tile is loaded, segmented with the chosen algorithm, vectorized, and written
+ into the output file or database. This piece-wise behavior ensure that memory will never get
+ overloaded, and that images of any size can be processed. There are few more options in the vector
+-mode. The simplify option allows to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
+-according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows to application to try to stitch
++mode. The simplify option allows one to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
++according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows one to application to try to stitch
+ together polygons corresponding to segmented region that may have been split by the tiling
+ scheme.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Choice of processing mode, either raster or large-scale. Available choices are:
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Tile-based large-scale segmentation with vector output</span>: In this mode, the application will output a
+-     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows to perform segmentation
++     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows one to perform segmentation
+      of very large images.
+          <ul class="itemize2">
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Output vector file:  </span>The output vector file or database (
+          by OGR)
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows to set the writing behaviour for
++class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows one to set the writing behaviour for
+          the output vector file. Please note that the actual behaviour depends on the file format.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Minimum object size:  </span>Objects whose size is below the min
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Simplify polygons:  </span>Simplify polygons according to a given tolerance (in pixel). This
+-         option allows to reduce the size of the output file or database.
++         option allows one to reduce the size of the output file or database.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Layer name:  </span>Name of the layer in the vector file or database (default is Layer).
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/MultiResolutionPyramid.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/MultiResolutionPyramid.html
+@@ -1 +1 @@
+-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Multi Resolution Pyramid Application</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Build a multi-resolution pyramid of the image.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Conversion, Image Manipulation, Image MultiResolution, Util</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application builds a multi-resolution pyramid of the input image.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image (-in): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Image (-out): </span>will be used to get the prefix and the extension of the images to write</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Available RAM (-ram): </span>Available RAM</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Number Of Levels (-level): </span>Number of levels in the pyramid (default is 1).</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Subsampling factor (-sfactor): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Subsampling factor (-vfactor): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Use Fast Scheme (-fast): </span>If used, this option allows to speed-up computation by iteratively subsampling previous level of pyramid instead of processing the full input.</p></li></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"> </p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Image: QB_Toulouse_Ortho_XS.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output Image: multiResolutionImage.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Number Of Levels: 1</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Subsampling factor: 2</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Subsampling factor: 0.6</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Use Fast Scheme: false</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_MultiResolutionPyramid -in QB_Toulouse_Ortho_XS.tif -out multiResolutionImage.tif -level 1 -sfactor 2 -vfactor 0.6 -fast false</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
++<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Multi Resolution Pyramid Application</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Build a multi-resolution pyramid of the image.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Conversion, Image Manipulation, Image MultiResolution, Util</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application builds a multi-resolution pyramid of the input image.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image (-in): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Image (-out): </span>will be used to get the prefix and the extension of the images to write</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Available RAM (-ram): </span>Available RAM</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Number Of Levels (-level): </span>Number of levels in the pyramid (default is 1).</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Subsampling factor (-sfactor): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Subsampling factor (-vfactor): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Use Fast Scheme (-fast): </span>If used, this option allows one to speed-up computation by iteratively subsampling previous level of pyramid instead of processing the full input.</p></li></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"> </p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Image: QB_Toulouse_Ortho_XS.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output Image: multiResolutionImage.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Number Of Levels: 1</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Subsampling factor: 2</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Subsampling factor: 0.6</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Use Fast Scheme: false</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_MultiResolutionPyramid -in QB_Toulouse_Ortho_XS.tif -out multiResolutionImage.tif -level 1 -sfactor 2 -vfactor 0.6 -fast false</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/OpticalCalibration.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/OpticalCalibration.html
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Optical calibration application</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Perform optical calibration TOA/TOC (Top Of Atmosphere/Top Of Canopy). Supported sensors: QuickBird, Ikonos, WorldView2, Formosat, Spot5</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Calibration</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The application allows to convert pixel values from DN (for Digital Numbers) to physically interpretable and comparable values.Calibrated values are called surface reflectivity and its values lie in the range [0, 1].
++<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Optical calibration application</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Perform optical calibration TOA/TOC (Top Of Atmosphere/Top Of Canopy). Supported sensors: QuickBird, Ikonos, WorldView2, Formosat, Spot5</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Calibration</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The application allows one to convert pixel values from DN (for Digital Numbers) to physically interpretable and comparable values.Calibrated values are called surface reflectivity and its values lie in the range [0, 1].
+ The first level is called Top Of Atmosphere (TOA) reflectivity. It takes into account the sensor gain, sensor spectral response and the solar illumination.
+ The second level is called Top Of Canopy (TOC) reflectivity. In addition to sensor gain and solar illumination, it takes into account the optical thickness of the atmosphere, the atmospheric pressure, the water vapor amount, the ozone amount, as well as the composition and amount of aerosol gasses.
+ It is also possible to indicate an AERONET file which contains atmospheric parameters (version 1 and version 2 of Aeronet file are supported.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image Filename (-in): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Image Filename (-out): </span>Calibrated Image Filename</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Available RAM (-ram): </span>Available RAM</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Calibration Level (-level): </span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] TOA : Top Of Atmosphere: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] TOC : Top Of Canopy (EXPERIMENTAL): </span></p><ul></ul></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Convert to milli reflectance (-milli): </span>Output milli-reflectance instead of reflectance.
+-This allows to put save the image in integer pixel type (in the range [0, 1000]  instead of floating point in the range [0, 1].</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Relative Spectral Response File (-rsr): </span>Sensor relative spectral response file
+-By default the application gets these informations in the metadata</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Atmospheric parameters (-atmo): </span>This group allows to set the atmospheric parameters.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Aerosol Model (-aerosol): </span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] No Aerosol Model: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Continental: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Maritime: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Urban: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Desertic: </span></p><ul></ul></li></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Ozone Amount (-oz): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Water Vapor Amount (-wa): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Atmospheric Pressure (-pressure): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Aerosol Optical Thickness (-opt): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Aeronet File (-aeronet): </span>Aeronet file containing atmospheric parameters</p></li></ul></li><br /></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The OTB CookBook</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Image Filename: WV2_MUL_ROI_1000_100.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output Image Filename: OpticalCalibration.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Calibration Level: toa</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_OpticalCalibration -in WV2_MUL_ROI_1000_100.tif -out OpticalCalibration.tif -level toa</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
++This allows one to put save the image in integer pixel type (in the range [0, 1000]  instead of floating point in the range [0, 1].</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Relative Spectral Response File (-rsr): </span>Sensor relative spectral response file
++By default the application gets these informations in the metadata</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Atmospheric parameters (-atmo): </span>This group allows one to set the atmospheric parameters.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Aerosol Model (-aerosol): </span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] No Aerosol Model: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Continental: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Maritime: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Urban: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Desertic: </span></p><ul></ul></li></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Ozone Amount (-oz): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Water Vapor Amount (-wa): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Atmospheric Pressure (-pressure): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Aerosol Optical Thickness (-opt): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Aeronet File (-aeronet): </span>Aeronet file containing atmospheric parameters</p></li></ul></li><br /></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The OTB CookBook</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Image Filename: WV2_MUL_ROI_1000_100.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output Image Filename: OpticalCalibration.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Calibration Level: toa</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_OpticalCalibration -in WV2_MUL_ROI_1000_100.tif -out OpticalCalibration.tif -level toa</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/OrthoRectification.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/OrthoRectification.html
+@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
+-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Ortho-rectification application</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application allows to ortho-rectify optical images from supported sensors.
++<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Ortho-rectification application</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application allows one to ortho-rectify optical images from supported sensors.
+ </p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Image Manipulation, Geometry</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">An inverse sensor model is built from the input image metadata to convert geographical to raw geometry coordinates. This inverse sensor model is then combined with the chosen map projection to build a global coordinate mapping grid. Last, this grid is used to resample using the chosen interpolation algorithm. A Digital Elevation Model can be specified to account for terrain deformations. 
+-In case of SPOT5 images, the sensor model can be approximated by an RPC model in order to speed-up computation.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Input and output data (-io): </span>This group of parameters allows to set the input and output images.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image (-in): </span>The input image to ortho-rectify</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Image (-out): </span>The ortho-rectified output image</p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Output Map Projection (-map): </span>Parameters of the ouptut map projection.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Universal Trans-Mercator (UTM): </span>A system of transverse mercator projections dividing the surface of Earth between 80S and 84N latitude.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Zone number (-zone): </span>The zone number ranges from 1 to 60 and allows to define the transverse mercator projection (along with the hemisphere)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Northern Hemisphere (-hem): </span>The transverse mercator projections are defined by their zone number as well as the hemisphere. Activate this parameter if your image is in the northern hemisphere.</p></li></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Lambert II Etendu: </span>This is a Lambert Conformal Conic projection mainly used in France.</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] EPSG Code: </span>This code is a generic way of identifying map projections, and allows to specify a large amount of them. See www.spatialreference.org to find which EPSG code is associated to your projection;</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] EPSG Code (-code): </span>See www.spatialreference.org to find which EPSG code is associated to your projection</p></li></ul></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Output Image Grid (-outputs): </span>This group of parameters allows to define the grid on which the input image will be resampled.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Parameters estimation modes (-mode): </span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] User Defined: </span>This mode allows you to fully modify default values.</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Automatic Size from Spacing: </span>This mode allows you to automatically compute the optimal image size from given spacing (pixel size) values</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Automatic Spacing from Size: </span>This mode allows you to automatically compute the optimal image spacing (pixel size) from the given size</p><ul></ul></li></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Upper Left X (-ulx): </span>Cartographic X coordinate of upper-left corner (meters for cartographic projections, degrees for geographic ones)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Upper Left Y (-uly): </span>Cartographic Y coordinate of the upper-left corner (meters for cartographic projections, degrees for geographic ones)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Size X (-sizex): </span>Size of projected image along X (in pixels)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Size Y (-sizey): </span>Size of projected image along Y (in pixels)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Pixel Size X (-spacingx): </span>Size of each pixel along X axis (meters for cartographic projections, degrees for geographic ones)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Pixel Size Y (-spacingy): </span>Size of each pixel along Y axis (meters for cartographic projections, degrees for geographic ones)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Force isotropic spacing by default (-isotropic): </span>Default spacing (pixel size) values are estimated from the sensor modeling of the image. It can therefore result in a non-isotropic spacing. This option allows you to force default values to be isotropic (in this case, the minimum of spacing in both direction is applied. Values overriden by user are not affected by this option.</p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Elevation management (-elev): </span>This group of parameters allows to manage elevation values in the ortho-rectification process.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] DEM directory (-dem): </span>This parameter allows to select a directory containing Digital Elevation Model tiles. Supported formats are SRTM, DTED or any geotiff processed by the DEM import application</p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Interpolation (-interpolator): </span>This group of parameters allows to define how the input image will be interpolated during resampling.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Nearest Neighbor interpolation: </span>Nearest neighbor interpolation leads to poor image quality, but it is very fast.</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Linear interpolation: </span>Linear interpolation leads to average image quality but is quite fast</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Bicubic interpolation: </span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Radius for bicubic interpolation (-radius): </span>This parameter allows to control the size of the bicubic interpolation filter. If the target pixel size is higher than the input pixel size, increasing this parameter will reduce aliasing artefacts.</p></li></ul></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Speed optimization parameters (-opt): </span>This group of parameters allows to optimize processing time.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] RPC modeling (points per axis) (-rpc): </span>Enabling RPC modeling allows to speed-up SPOT5 ortho-rectification. Value is the number of control points per axis for RPC estimation</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Available memory for processing (in MB) (-ram): </span>This allows to set the maximum amount of RAM available for processing. As the writing task is time consuming, it is better to write large pieces of data, which can be achieved by increasing this parameter (pay attention to your system capabilities)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Resampling grid spacing (-gridspacing): </span>Resampling is done according to a coordinate mapping grid, whose pixel size is set by this parameter. The closer to the output spacing this parameter is, the more precise will be the ortho-rectified image, but increasing this parameter allows to reduce processing time.</p></li></ul></li><br /></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Supported sensors are SPOT5 (TIF format), Ikonos, Quickbird, Worldview2, GeoEye.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Ortho-rectification chapter from the OTB Software Guide</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_OrthoRectification</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
++In case of SPOT5 images, the sensor model can be approximated by an RPC model in order to speed-up computation.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Input and output data (-io): </span>This group of parameters allows one to set the input and output images.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image (-in): </span>The input image to ortho-rectify</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Image (-out): </span>The ortho-rectified output image</p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Output Map Projection (-map): </span>Parameters of the ouptut map projection.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Universal Trans-Mercator (UTM): </span>A system of transverse mercator projections dividing the surface of Earth between 80S and 84N latitude.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Zone number (-zone): </span>The zone number ranges from 1 to 60 and allows one to define the transverse mercator projection (along with the hemisphere)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Northern Hemisphere (-hem): </span>The transverse mercator projections are defined by their zone number as well as the hemisphere. Activate this parameter if your image is in the northern hemisphere.</p></li></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Lambert II Etendu: </span>This is a Lambert Conformal Conic projection mainly used in France.</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] EPSG Code: </span>This code is a generic way of identifying map projections, and allows one to specify a large amount of them. See www.spatialreference.org to find which EPSG code is associated to your projection;</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] EPSG Code (-code): </span>See www.spatialreference.org to find which EPSG code is associated to your projection</p></li></ul></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Output Image Grid (-outputs): </span>This group of parameters allows one to define the grid on which the input image will be resampled.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Parameters estimation modes (-mode): </span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] User Defined: </span>This mode allows you to fully modify default values.</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Automatic Size from Spacing: </span>This mode allows you to automatically compute the optimal image size from given spacing (pixel size) values</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Automatic Spacing from Size: </span>This mode allows you to automatically compute the optimal image spacing (pixel size) from the given size</p><ul></ul></li></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Upper Left X (-ulx): </span>Cartographic X coordinate of upper-left corner (meters for cartographic projections, degrees for geographic ones)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Upper Left Y (-uly): </span>Cartographic Y coordinate of the upper-left corner (meters for cartographic projections, degrees for geographic ones)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Size X (-sizex): </span>Size of projected image along X (in pixels)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Size Y (-sizey): </span>Size of projected image along Y (in pixels)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Pixel Size X (-spacingx): </span>Size of each pixel along X axis (meters for cartographic projections, degrees for geographic ones)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Pixel Size Y (-spacingy): </span>Size of each pixel along Y axis (meters for cartographic projections, degrees for geographic ones)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Force isotropic spacing by default (-isotropic): </span>Default spacing (pixel size) values are estimated from the sensor modeling of the image. It can therefore result in a non-isotropic spacing. This option allows you to force default values to be isotropic (in this case, the minimum of spacing in both direction is applied. Values overriden by user are not affected by this option.</p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Elevation management (-elev): </span>This group of parameters allows one to manage elevation values in the ortho-rectification process.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] DEM directory (-dem): </span>This parameter allows one to select a directory containing Digital Elevation Model tiles. Supported formats are SRTM, DTED or any geotiff processed by the DEM import application</p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] Interpolation (-interpolator): </span>This group of parameters allows one to define how the input image will be interpolated during resampling.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Nearest Neighbor interpolation: </span>Nearest neighbor interpolation leads to poor image quality, but it is very fast.</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Linear interpolation: </span>Linear interpolation leads to average image quality but is quite fast</p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Bicubic interpolation: </span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Radius for bicubic interpolation (-radius): </span>This parameter allows one to control the size of the bicubic interpolation filter. If the target pixel size is higher than the input pixel size, increasing this parameter will reduce aliasing artefacts.</p></li></ul></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Speed optimization parameters (-opt): </span>This group of parameters allows one to optimize processing time.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] RPC modeling (points per axis) (-rpc): </span>Enabling RPC modeling allows one to speed-up SPOT5 ortho-rectification. Value is the number of control points per axis for RPC estimation</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Available memory for processing (in MB) (-ram): </span>This allows one to set the maximum amount of RAM available for processing. As the writing task is time consuming, it is better to write large pieces of data, which can be achieved by increasing this parameter (pay attention to your system capabilities)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Resampling grid spacing (-gridspacing): </span>Resampling is done according to a coordinate mapping grid, whose pixel size is set by this parameter. The closer to the output spacing this parameter is, the more precise will be the ortho-rectified image, but increasing this parameter allows one to reduce processing time.</p></li></ul></li><br /></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Supported sensors are SPOT5 (TIF format), Ikonos, Quickbird, Worldview2, GeoEye.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Ortho-rectification chapter from the OTB Software Guide</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_OrthoRectification</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/SimpleConnectedComponentsSegmentation.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/SimpleConnectedComponentsSegmentation.html
+@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
+ datasets are supported.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+  id="x112-6000004.9.3"></a>Detailed description</h5>
+-<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
++<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
+ segmentation algorithms are two different versions of Mean-Shift segmentation algorithm (one being
+ multi-threaded), simple pixel based connected components according to a user-defined criterion, and
+ watershed from the gradient of the intensity (norm of spectral bands vector). The application has two
+@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ vector file or database. The input image is split into tiles (whose size can be
+ parameter), and each tile is loaded, segmented with the chosen algorithm, vectorized, and written
+ into the output file or database. This piece-wise behavior ensure that memory will never get
+ overloaded, and that images of any size can be processed. There are few more options in the vector
+-mode. The simplify option allows to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
+-according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows to application to try to stitch
++mode. The simplify option allows one to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
++according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows one to application to try to stitch
+ together polygons corresponding to segmented region that may have been split by the tiling
+ scheme.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Choice of processing mode, either raster or large-scale. Available choices are:
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Tile-based large-scale segmentation with vector output</span>: In this mode, the application will output a
+-     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows to perform segmentation
++     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows one to perform segmentation
+      of very large images.
+          <ul class="itemize2">
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Output vector file:  </span>The output vector file or database (
+          by OGR)
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows to set the writing behaviour for
++class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows one to set the writing behaviour for
+          the output vector file. Please note that the actual behaviour depends on the file format.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Minimum object size:  </span>Objects whose size is below the min
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Simplify polygons:  </span>Simplify polygons according to a given tolerance (in pixel). This
+-         option allows to reduce the size of the output file or database.
++         option allows one to reduce the size of the output file or database.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Layer name:  </span>Name of the layer in the vector file or database (default is Layer).
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/SimpleConnectedComponentsSegmentationVector.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/SimpleConnectedComponentsSegmentationVector.html
+@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
+ datasets are supported.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+  id="x112-6000004.9.3"></a>Detailed description</h5>
+-<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
++<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
+ segmentation algorithms are two different versions of Mean-Shift segmentation algorithm (one being
+ multi-threaded), simple pixel based connected components according to a user-defined criterion, and
+ watershed from the gradient of the intensity (norm of spectral bands vector). The application has two
+@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ vector file or database. The input image is split into tiles (whose size can be
+ parameter), and each tile is loaded, segmented with the chosen algorithm, vectorized, and written
+ into the output file or database. This piece-wise behavior ensure that memory will never get
+ overloaded, and that images of any size can be processed. There are few more options in the vector
+-mode. The simplify option allows to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
+-according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows to application to try to stitch
++mode. The simplify option allows one to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
++according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows one to application to try to stitch
+ together polygons corresponding to segmented region that may have been split by the tiling
+ scheme.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Choice of processing mode, either raster or large-scale. Available choices are:
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Tile-based large-scale segmentation with vector output</span>: In this mode, the application will output a
+-     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows to perform segmentation
++     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows one to perform segmentation
+      of very large images.
+          <ul class="itemize2">
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Output vector file:  </span>The output vector file or database (
+          by OGR)
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows to set the writing behaviour for
++class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows one to set the writing behaviour for
+          the output vector file. Please note that the actual behaviour depends on the file format.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Minimum object size:  </span>Objects whose size is below the min
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Simplify polygons:  </span>Simplify polygons according to a given tolerance (in pixel). This
+-         option allows to reduce the size of the output file or database.
++         option allows one to reduce the size of the output file or database.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Layer name:  </span>Name of the layer in the vector file or database (default is Layer).
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/TrainSVMImagesClassifier.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/TrainSVMImagesClassifier.html
+@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
+ <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">Train SVM classifier from multiple image</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Train a SVM classifier from multiple pairs of images and training vector data.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Learning</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application performs SVM classifier training from multiple pairs of input images and training vector data.Samples are composed of pixel values in each band optionally centered and reduced using XML statistics file produce by the ComputeImagesStatistics application.
+- The training vector data must contain polygons with a positive integer field representing the class label. Name of the field can be set using the "Class label field" parameter. Training and validation sample lists are built such that each class is equally represented in the two lists. One parameter allows to control the ratio between the number of samples in training and validation sets. Two parameters allow to manage the size of the training and validation sets per class and per image.
+- Several SVM classifier parameters cas be set. The kernel function which defined the feature space (for example if the kernel is a Gaussian radial basis function kernel the corresponding feature space of infinite dimensions). To allow some flexibility in separating the classes, SVM models have a cost parameter, C, that controls the trade off between allowing training errors and forcing rigid margins. It creates a soft margin that permits some misclassifications. Increasing the value of C increases the cost of misclassifying points and forces the creation of a more accurate model that may not generalize well. Classifier parameters can also be optimize.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Input and output data (-io): </span>This group of parameters allows to set input and output data.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image List (-il): </span>A list of input images.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Vector Data List (-vd): </span>A list of vector data sample used to train the estimator.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] DEM repository (-dem): </span>Path to SRTM repository</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] XML image statistics file (-imstat): </span>Filename of an XML file containing mean and standard deviation of input images.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output SVM model (-out): </span>Output SVM model</p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Training and validation samples parameters (-sample): </span>This group of parameters allows to set training and validation sample lists parameters.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Maximum training sample size (-mt): </span>Maximum size of the training sample (default = -1).</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Maximum validation sample size (-mv): </span>Maximum size of the validation sample (default = -1)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] training and validation sample ratio (-vtr): </span>Ratio between training and validation sample (0.0 = all training, 1.0 = all validation) default = 0.5.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Name of the discrimination field (-vfn): </span>Name of the field using to discriminate class in the vector data files.</p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] SVM classifier parameters (-svm): </span>This group of parameters allows to set SVM classifier parameters.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] SVM Kernel Type (-k): </span>SVM Kernel Type.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Linear: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Gaussian radial basis function: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Polynomial: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Sigmoid: </span></p><ul></ul></li></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Control trade off between training errors and forcing rigid margins. (-c): </span>SVM models have a cost parameter C.(1 by default).</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] parameters optimization (-opt): </span>SVM parameters optimization</p></li></ul></li><br /></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"> </p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Image List: QB_1_ortho.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Vector Data List: VectorData_QB1.shp</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">XML image statistics file: clImageStatisticsQB1.xml</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output SVM model: svmModelQB1_allOpt.svm</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Maximum validation sample size: 100</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">training and validation sample ratio: 0.5</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">parameters optimization: true</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_TrainSVMImagesClassifier -io.il QB_1_ortho.tif -io.vd VectorData_QB1.shp -io.imstat clImageStatisticsQB1.xml -io.out svmModelQB1_allOpt.svm -sample.mv 100 -sample.vtr 0.5 -svm.opt true</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
++ The training vector data must contain polygons with a positive integer field representing the class label. Name of the field can be set using the "Class label field" parameter. Training and validation sample lists are built such that each class is equally represented in the two lists. One parameter allows one to control the ratio between the number of samples in training and validation sets. Two parameters allow to manage the size of the training and validation sets per class and per image.
++ Several SVM classifier parameters cas be set. The kernel function which defined the feature space (for example if the kernel is a Gaussian radial basis function kernel the corresponding feature space of infinite dimensions). To allow some flexibility in separating the classes, SVM models have a cost parameter, C, that controls the trade off between allowing training errors and forcing rigid margins. It creates a soft margin that permits some misclassifications. Increasing the value of C increases the cost of misclassifying points and forces the creation of a more accurate model that may not generalize well. Classifier parameters can also be optimize.</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Input and output data (-io): </span>This group of parameters allows one to set input and output data.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Image List (-il): </span>A list of input images.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Vector Data List (-vd): </span>A list of vector data sample used to train the estimator.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] DEM repository (-dem): </span>Path to SRTM repository</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] XML image statistics file (-imstat): </span>Filename of an XML file containing mean and standard deviation of input images.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output SVM model (-out): </span>Output SVM model</p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Training and validation samples parameters (-sample): </span>This group of parameters allows one to set training and validation sample lists parameters.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Maximum training sample size (-mt): </span>Maximum size of the training sample (default = -1).</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Maximum validation sample size (-mv): </span>Maximum size of the validation sample (default = -1)</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] training and validation sample ratio (-vtr): </span>Ratio between training and validation sample (0.0 = all training, 1.0 = all validation) default = 0.5.</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Name of the discrimination field (-vfn): </span>Name of the field using to discriminate class in the vector data files.</p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] SVM classifier parameters (-svm): </span>This group of parameters allows one to set SVM classifier parameters.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[choice] SVM Kernel Type (-k): </span>SVM Kernel Type.</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Linear: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Gaussian radial basis function: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Polynomial: </span></p><ul></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Sigmoid: </span></p><ul></ul></li></ul></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Control trade off between training errors and forcing rigid margins. (-c): </span>SVM models have a cost parameter C.(1 by default).</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] parameters optimization (-opt): </span>SVM parameters optimization</p></li></ul></li><br /></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"> </p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Image List: QB_1_ortho.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Vector Data List: VectorData_QB1.shp</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">XML image statistics file: clImageStatisticsQB1.xml</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output SVM model: svmModelQB1_allOpt.svm</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Maximum validation sample size: 100</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">training and validation sample ratio: 0.5</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">parameters optimization: true</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_TrainSVMImagesClassifier -io.il QB_1_ortho.tif -io.vd VectorData_QB1.shp -io.imstat clImageStatisticsQB1.xml -io.out svmModelQB1_allOpt.svm -sample.mv 100 -sample.vtr 0.5 -svm.opt true</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/VectorDataExtractROIApplication.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/VectorDataExtractROIApplication.html
+@@ -1 +1 @@
+-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">VectorData Extract ROI Application</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Perform an extract ROI on the input vector data according to the input image extent</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Vector data Manipulation</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application extract the VectorData features belonging to a region specified by the support image envelope</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Input and output data (-io): </span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Vector data (-vd): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Support image (-in): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Vector data (-out): </span></p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Elevation management (-elev): </span>This group of parameters allows to manage elevation values in the VectorData projection process</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] DEM directory (-dem): </span>This parameter allows to select a directory containing Digital Elevation Model tiles. Supported formats are SRTM, DTED or any geotiff processed by the DEM import application</p></li></ul></li><br /></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"> </p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Vector data: roads.shp</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Support image: QB_Toulouse_Ortho_XS.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output Vector data: apTvUtVectorDataExtractROIApplicationTest.shp</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_VectorDataExtractROIApplication -io.vd roads.shp -io.in QB_Toulouse_Ortho_XS.tif -io.out apTvUtVectorDataExtractROIApplicationTest.shp</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
++<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//ENhttp://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"></style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p align="center" style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">VectorData Extract ROI Application</span></p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Brief Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Perform an extract ROI on the input vector data according to the input image extent</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Tags</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Vector data Manipulation</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Long Description</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This application extract the VectorData features belonging to a region specified by the support image envelope</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Parameters</span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Input and output data (-io): </span></p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Input Vector data (-vd): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Support image (-in): </span></p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] Output Vector data (-out): </span></p></li></ul></li><br /><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[group] Elevation management (-elev): </span>This group of parameters allows one to manage elevation values in the VectorData projection process</p><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New, courier'; font-weight:600;"; >[param] DEM directory (-dem): </span>This parameter allows one to select a directory containing Digital Elevation Model tiles. Supported formats are SRTM, DTED or any geotiff processed by the DEM import application</p></li></ul></li><br /></ul><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Limitations</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">None</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Authors</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">OTB-Team</p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">See also</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"> </p><p style=" margin-top:14px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:large;">Example of use</span></p><ul><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Parameters to set value:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><ul><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Input Vector data: roads.shp</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Support image: QB_Toulouse_Ortho_XS.tif</p></li><li><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Output Vector data: apTvUtVectorDataExtractROIApplicationTest.shp</p></li></ul></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><li>Command line to execute:</li></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Courier New, courier';">otbcli_VectorDataExtractROIApplication -io.vd roads.shp -io.in QB_Toulouse_Ortho_XS.tif -io.out apTvUtVectorDataExtractROIApplicationTest.shp</p></ul></body></html>
+\ No newline at end of file
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/VectorDataReprojection.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/VectorDataReprojection.html
+@@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ href="#tailCookBooksu47.html">tail</a>] [<a
+ href="CookBookse12.html#CookBooksu47.html" >up</a>] </p></div>
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2.4    </span> <a 
+  id="x68-2190004.2.4"></a>Vector Data reprojection</h4>
+-<!--l. 989--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to reproject a vector data using support image projection reference, or a user
++<!--l. 989--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to reproject a vector data using support image projection reference, or a user
+ specified map projection<br 
+ class="newline" />
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+  id="x68-2200004.2.4"></a>Detailed description</h5>
+-<!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to reproject a vector data using support image projection reference, or a user given
++<!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to reproject a vector data using support image projection reference, or a user given
+ map projection.<br 
+ class="newline" />If given, image keywordlist can be added to reprojected vectordata.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Output Cartographic Map Projection:  </span>Parameters of the ou
+              to be used.
+              </li>
+              <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Zone number:   </span>The zone number ranges from 1 to 60 and allows to define the
++class="ptmb7t-">Zone number:   </span>The zone number ranges from 1 to 60 and allows one to define the
+              transverse mercator projection (along with the hemisphere)
+              </li>
+              <li class="itemize"><span 
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/WatershedSegmentation.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/WatershedSegmentation.html
+@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
+ datasets are supported.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+  id="x112-6000004.9.3"></a>Detailed description</h5>
+-<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
++<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
+ segmentation algorithms are two different versions of Mean-Shift segmentation algorithm (one being
+ multi-threaded), simple pixel based connected components according to a user-defined criterion, and
+ watershed from the gradient of the intensity (norm of spectral bands vector). The application has two
+@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ vector file or database. The input image is split into tiles (whose size can be
+ parameter), and each tile is loaded, segmented with the chosen algorithm, vectorized, and written
+ into the output file or database. This piece-wise behavior ensure that memory will never get
+ overloaded, and that images of any size can be processed. There are few more options in the vector
+-mode. The simplify option allows to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
+-according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows to application to try to stitch
++mode. The simplify option allows one to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
++according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows one to application to try to stitch
+ together polygons corresponding to segmented region that may have been split by the tiling
+ scheme.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Choice of processing mode, either raster or large-scale. Available choices are:
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Tile-based large-scale segmentation with vector output</span>: In this mode, the application will output a
+-     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows to perform segmentation
++     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows one to perform segmentation
+      of very large images.
+          <ul class="itemize2">
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Output vector file:  </span>The output vector file or database (
+          by OGR)
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows to set the writing behaviour for
++class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows one to set the writing behaviour for
+          the output vector file. Please note that the actual behaviour depends on the file format.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Minimum object size:  </span>Objects whose size is below the min
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Simplify polygons:  </span>Simplify polygons according to a given tolerance (in pixel). This
+-         option allows to reduce the size of the output file or database.
++         option allows one to reduce the size of the output file or database.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Layer name:  </span>Name of the layer in the vector file or database (default is Layer).
+--- a/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/WatershedSegmentationVector.html
++++ b/python/plugins/processing/otb/description/doc/WatershedSegmentationVector.html
+@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
+ datasets are supported.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+  id="x112-6000004.9.3"></a>Detailed description</h5>
+-<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
++<!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" >This application allows one to perform various segmentation algorithms on an multispectral image.Available
+ segmentation algorithms are two different versions of Mean-Shift segmentation algorithm (one being
+ multi-threaded), simple pixel based connected components according to a user-defined criterion, and
+ watershed from the gradient of the intensity (norm of spectral bands vector). The application has two
+@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ vector file or database. The input image is split into tiles (whose size can be
+ parameter), and each tile is loaded, segmented with the chosen algorithm, vectorized, and written
+ into the output file or database. This piece-wise behavior ensure that memory will never get
+ overloaded, and that images of any size can be processed. There are few more options in the vector
+-mode. The simplify option allows to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
+-according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows to application to try to stitch
++mode. The simplify option allows one to simplify the geometry (i.e. remove nodes in polygons)
++according to a user-defined tolerance. The stitch option allows one to application to try to stitch
+ together polygons corresponding to segmented region that may have been split by the tiling
+ scheme.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
+@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Choice of processing mode, either raster or large-scale. Available choices are:
+      <ul class="itemize1">
+      <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Tile-based large-scale segmentation with vector output</span>: In this mode, the application will output a
+-     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows to perform segmentation
++     vector file or database, and process the input image piecewise. This allows one to perform segmentation
+      of very large images.
+          <ul class="itemize2">
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Output vector file:  </span>The output vector file or database (
+          by OGR)
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+-class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows to set the writing behaviour for
++class="ptmb7t-">Writing mode for the output vector file:  </span>This allows one to set the writing behaviour for
+          the output vector file. Please note that the actual behaviour depends on the file format.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ class="ptmb7t-">Minimum object size:  </span>Objects whose size is below the min
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Simplify polygons:  </span>Simplify polygons according to a given tolerance (in pixel). This
+-         option allows to reduce the size of the output file or database.
++         option allows one to reduce the size of the output file or database.
+          </li>
+          <li class="itemize"><span 
+ class="ptmb7t-">Layer name:  </span>Name of the layer in the vector file or database (default is Layer).
+--- a/resources/context_help/PythonConsole
++++ b/resources/context_help/PythonConsole
+@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
+ 				No matter if selected text contains the interpreter prompt (>>>, ...). Input area pane is the interactive 
+ 				python shell for input commands.<br>To access to the python file editor use the 
+ 				<label>Show editor</label> button 
+-				from the toolbar. The editor allows to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
++				from the toolbar. The editor allows one to edit and save python file and it offers basic functionality 
+ 				for managing your code (comment and 
+ 				uncomment code, check syntax, share the code via codepad.org and much more).
+ 			</p>
+--- a/resources/context_help/QgsAttributeTableDialog
++++ b/resources/context_help/QgsAttributeTableDialog
+@@ -46,6 +46,6 @@ To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to
+ <a name="FieldCalc">
+ <h4>Field Calculator</h4>
+ </a>
+-The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
++The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows one to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br>
+ The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br>
+ The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog.
+--- a/resources/context_help/QgsVectorLayerProperties
++++ b/resources/context_help/QgsVectorLayerProperties
+@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are
+ Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer.
+ 
+ <h5>Vector transparency</h5>
+-QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
++QGIS allows one to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers.
+ 
+ <h5>Saving styles</h5>
+ Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/>
+@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selected data set
+ The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p>
+ Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/>
+ <ul>
+-<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
++<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows one to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes).
+ <li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog.
+ <li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box.
+ <li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used.
+@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or vi
+ 
+ The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p>
+ An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. 
+-The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
++The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows one to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p>
+ 
+ See the User Guide for further information.
+ 
+--- a/src/analysis/interpolation/DualEdgeTriangulation.cc
++++ b/src/analysis/interpolation/DualEdgeTriangulation.cc
+@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ void DualEdgeTriangulation::eliminateHorizontalTriangles()
+ 
+   while ( true )
+   {
+-    bool swaped = false;//flag which allows to exit the loop
++    bool swaped = false;//flag which allows one to exit the loop
+     bool* control = new bool[mHalfEdge.count()];//controlarray
+ 
+     for ( int i = 0; i <= mHalfEdge.count() - 1; i++ )
+--- a/src/app/qgsmaptoolidentifyaction.h
++++ b/src/app/qgsmaptoolidentifyaction.h
+@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class QgsVectorLayer;
+   after selecting a point shows dialog with identification results
+   - for raster layers shows value of underlying pixel
+   - for vector layers shows feature attributes within search radius
+-    (allows to edit values when vector layer is in editing mode)
++    (allows one to edit values when vector layer is in editing mode)
+ */
+ class QgsMapToolIdentifyAction : public QgsMapToolIdentify
+ {
+--- a/src/app/qgsmaptooloffsetcurve.cpp
++++ b/src/app/qgsmaptooloffsetcurve.cpp
+@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ void QgsMapToolOffsetCurve::canvasReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
+     QgsFeature f;
+     f.setGeometry( mModifiedGeometry );
+ 
+-    //add empty values for all fields (allows to insert attribute values via the feature form in the same session)
++    //add empty values for all fields (allows one to insert attribute values via the feature form in the same session)
+     QgsAttributes attrs( vlayer->pendingFields().count() );
+     const QgsFields& fields = vlayer->pendingFields();
+     for ( int idx = 0; idx < fields.count(); ++idx )
+--- a/src/app/qgsmaptoolrotatepointsymbols.h
++++ b/src/app/qgsmaptoolrotatepointsymbols.h
+@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
+ 
+ class QgsPointRotationItem;
+ 
+-/**A class that allows to interactively manipulate the value of the rotation field(s) for point layers*/
++/**A class that allows one to interactively manipulate the value of the rotation field(s) for point layers*/
+ class QgsMapToolRotatePointSymbols: public QgsMapToolEdit
+ {
+     Q_OBJECT
+--- a/src/gui/qgsmaptoolidentify.h
++++ b/src/gui/qgsmaptoolidentify.h
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ class QgsMapCanvas;
+   after selecting a point, performs the identification:
+   - for raster layers shows value of underlying pixel
+   - for vector layers shows feature attributes within search radius
+-    (allows to edit values when vector layer is in editing mode)
++    (allows one to edit values when vector layer is in editing mode)
+ */
+ class GUI_EXPORT QgsMapToolIdentify : public QgsMapTool
+ {
+--- a/src/plugins/grass/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab
++++ b/src/plugins/grass/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab
+@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ keyboard "Linux console"
+ 
+ # --------------------------------------------------------------
+ #
+-# This configuration table allows to customize the
++# This configuration table allows one to customize the
+ # meaning of the keys.
+ #
+ # The syntax is that each entry has the form : 
+--- a/src/plugins/grass/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab
++++ b/src/plugins/grass/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab
+@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ keyboard "DEC VT420 Terminal"
+ 
+ # --------------------------------------------------------------
+ #
+-# This configuration table allows to customize the
++# This configuration table allows one to customize the
+ # meaning of the keys.
+ #
+ # The syntax is that each entry has the form : 
diff --git a/debian/patches/series b/debian/patches/series
index 42bb9b0..a965d76 100644
--- a/debian/patches/series
+++ b/debian/patches/series
@@ -1 +1,2 @@
 an-other-typo.patch
+allows-to-typo.patch

-- 
The Quantum GIS in Debian project

